]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
For consistency, use `lookahead' instead of `look-ahead' or
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}.
2002
2003 @node Ltcalc Rules
2004 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2005
2006 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2007 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2008 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2009 from the new information.
2010
2011 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2012 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2013
2014 @example
2015 @group
2016 input : /* empty */
2017 | input line
2018 ;
2019 @end group
2020
2021 @group
2022 line : '\n'
2023 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2024 ;
2025 @end group
2026
2027 @group
2028 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2029 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2030 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2031 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2032 @end group
2033 @group
2034 | exp '/' exp
2035 @{
2036 if ($3)
2037 $$ = $1 / $3;
2038 else
2039 @{
2040 $$ = 1;
2041 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2042 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2043 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2044 @}
2045 @}
2046 @end group
2047 @group
2048 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2049 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2050 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2051 @end group
2052 @end example
2053
2054 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2055 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2056 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2057
2058 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2059 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2060 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2061 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2062 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2063 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2064 hand.
2065
2066 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2067 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2068
2069 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2070 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2071 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2072 semantic values.
2073
2074 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2075 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2076
2077 @example
2078 @group
2079 int
2080 yylex (void)
2081 @{
2082 int c;
2083 @end group
2084
2085 @group
2086 /* Skip white space. */
2087 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2088 ++yylloc.last_column;
2089 @end group
2090
2091 @group
2092 /* Step. */
2093 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2094 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2095 @end group
2096
2097 @group
2098 /* Process numbers. */
2099 if (isdigit (c))
2100 @{
2101 yylval = c - '0';
2102 ++yylloc.last_column;
2103 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2104 @{
2105 ++yylloc.last_column;
2106 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2107 @}
2108 ungetc (c, stdin);
2109 return NUM;
2110 @}
2111 @end group
2112
2113 /* Return end-of-input. */
2114 if (c == EOF)
2115 return 0;
2116
2117 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2118 if (c == '\n')
2119 @{
2120 ++yylloc.last_line;
2121 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2122 @}
2123 else
2124 ++yylloc.last_column;
2125 return c;
2126 @}
2127 @end example
2128
2129 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2130 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2131 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2132 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2133
2134 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2135 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2136 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2137 controlling function:
2138
2139 @example
2140 @group
2141 int
2142 main (void)
2143 @{
2144 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2145 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2146 return yyparse ();
2147 @}
2148 @end group
2149 @end example
2150
2151 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2152 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2153 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2154
2155 @node Multi-function Calc
2156 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2157 @cindex multi-function calculator
2158 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2160
2161 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2162 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2163 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2164 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2165 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2166
2167 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2168 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2169 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2170 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2171 functions whose syntax has this form:
2172
2173 @example
2174 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2175 @end example
2176
2177 @noindent
2178 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2179 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2180 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2181
2182 @example
2183 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2184 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2185 3.1415926536
2186 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2187 0.0000000000
2188 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2189 2.3000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2193 0.8329091229
2194 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2195 2.3000000000
2196 $
2197 @end example
2198
2199 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2200
2201 @menu
2202 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2203 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2204 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2205 @end menu
2206
2207 @node Mfcalc Decl
2208 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2209
2210 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2211
2212 @smallexample
2213 @group
2214 %@{
2215 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2216 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2217 int yylex (void);
2218 void yyerror (char const *);
2219 %@}
2220 @end group
2221 @group
2222 %union @{
2223 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2224 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2225 @}
2226 @end group
2227 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2228 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2229 %type <val> exp
2230
2231 @group
2232 %right '='
2233 %left '-' '+'
2234 %left '*' '/'
2235 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2236 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2237 @end group
2238 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2239 @end smallexample
2240
2241 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2242 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2243 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2244
2245 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2246 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2247 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2248 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2249
2250 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2251 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2252 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2253 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2254 between angle brackets).
2255
2256 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2257 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2258 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2259 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2260 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2261 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2262
2263 @node Mfcalc Rules
2264 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2265
2266 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2267 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2268 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2269
2270 @smallexample
2271 @group
2272 input: /* empty */
2273 | input line
2274 ;
2275 @end group
2276
2277 @group
2278 line:
2279 '\n'
2280 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2281 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2282 ;
2283 @end group
2284
2285 @group
2286 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2287 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2288 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2289 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2290 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2291 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2292 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2293 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2294 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2295 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2296 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2297 ;
2298 @end group
2299 /* End of grammar. */
2300 %%
2301 @end smallexample
2302
2303 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2304 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2305 @cindex symbol table example
2306
2307 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2308 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2309 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2310 requires some additional C functions for support.
2311
2312 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2313 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2314 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2315
2316 @smallexample
2317 @group
2318 /* Function type. */
2319 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2320 @end group
2321
2322 @group
2323 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2324 struct symrec
2325 @{
2326 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2327 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2328 union
2329 @{
2330 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2331 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2332 @} value;
2333 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2334 @};
2335 @end group
2336
2337 @group
2338 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2339
2340 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2341 extern symrec *sym_table;
2342
2343 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2344 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2345 @end group
2346 @end smallexample
2347
2348 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2349 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2350 @code{init_table} as well:
2351
2352 @smallexample
2353 #include <stdio.h>
2354
2355 @group
2356 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2357 void
2358 yyerror (char const *s)
2359 @{
2360 printf ("%s\n", s);
2361 @}
2362 @end group
2363
2364 @group
2365 struct init
2366 @{
2367 char const *fname;
2368 double (*fnct) (double);
2369 @};
2370 @end group
2371
2372 @group
2373 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2374 @{
2375 "sin", sin,
2376 "cos", cos,
2377 "atan", atan,
2378 "ln", log,
2379 "exp", exp,
2380 "sqrt", sqrt,
2381 0, 0
2382 @};
2383 @end group
2384
2385 @group
2386 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2387 symrec *sym_table;
2388 @end group
2389
2390 @group
2391 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2392 void
2393 init_table (void)
2394 @{
2395 int i;
2396 symrec *ptr;
2397 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2398 @{
2399 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2400 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2401 @}
2402 @}
2403 @end group
2404
2405 @group
2406 int
2407 main (void)
2408 @{
2409 init_table ();
2410 return yyparse ();
2411 @}
2412 @end group
2413 @end smallexample
2414
2415 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2416 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2417
2418 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2419 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2420 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2421 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2422 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2423 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2424
2425 @smallexample
2426 symrec *
2427 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2428 @{
2429 symrec *ptr;
2430 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2431 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2432 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2433 ptr->type = sym_type;
2434 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2435 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2436 sym_table = ptr;
2437 return ptr;
2438 @}
2439
2440 symrec *
2441 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2442 @{
2443 symrec *ptr;
2444 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2445 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2446 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2447 return ptr;
2448 return 0;
2449 @}
2450 @end smallexample
2451
2452 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2453 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2454 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2455 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2456
2457 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2458 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2459 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2460 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2461 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2462 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2463
2464 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2465 operators in @code{yylex}.
2466
2467 @smallexample
2468 @group
2469 #include <ctype.h>
2470 @end group
2471
2472 @group
2473 int
2474 yylex (void)
2475 @{
2476 int c;
2477
2478 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2479 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2480
2481 if (c == EOF)
2482 return 0;
2483 @end group
2484
2485 @group
2486 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2487 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2488 @{
2489 ungetc (c, stdin);
2490 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2491 return NUM;
2492 @}
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2497 if (isalpha (c))
2498 @{
2499 symrec *s;
2500 static char *symbuf = 0;
2501 static int length = 0;
2502 int i;
2503 @end group
2504
2505 @group
2506 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2507 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2508 if (length == 0)
2509 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2510
2511 i = 0;
2512 do
2513 @end group
2514 @group
2515 @{
2516 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2517 if (i == length)
2518 @{
2519 length *= 2;
2520 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2521 @}
2522 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2523 symbuf[i++] = c;
2524 /* Get another character. */
2525 c = getchar ();
2526 @}
2527 @end group
2528 @group
2529 while (isalnum (c));
2530
2531 ungetc (c, stdin);
2532 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2533 @end group
2534
2535 @group
2536 s = getsym (symbuf);
2537 if (s == 0)
2538 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2539 yylval.tptr = s;
2540 return s->type;
2541 @}
2542
2543 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2544 return c;
2545 @}
2546 @end group
2547 @end smallexample
2548
2549 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2550 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2551 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2552
2553 @node Exercises
2554 @section Exercises
2555 @cindex exercises
2556
2557 @enumerate
2558 @item
2559 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2560
2561 @item
2562 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2563 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2564 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2565
2566 @item
2567 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2568 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2569 @end enumerate
2570
2571 @node Grammar File
2572 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2573
2574 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2575 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2576
2577 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2578 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2579
2580 @menu
2581 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2582 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2583 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2584 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2585 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2586 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2587 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2588 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2589 @end menu
2590
2591 @node Grammar Outline
2592 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2593
2594 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2595 appropriate delimiters:
2596
2597 @example
2598 %@{
2599 @var{Prologue}
2600 %@}
2601
2602 @var{Bison declarations}
2603
2604 %%
2605 @var{Grammar rules}
2606 %%
2607
2608 @var{Epilogue}
2609 @end example
2610
2611 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2612 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2613 continues until end of line.
2614
2615 @menu
2616 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2617 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2618 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2619 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2620 @end menu
2621
2622 @node Prologue
2623 @subsection The prologue
2624 @cindex declarations section
2625 @cindex Prologue
2626 @cindex declarations
2627
2628 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2629 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2630 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2631 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2632 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2633 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2634 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2635
2636 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2637 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2638 character constant.
2639
2640 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2641 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2642 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2643 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2644 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2645 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2646 @code{%union} declaration.
2647
2648 @smallexample
2649 %@{
2650 #include <stdio.h>
2651 #include "ptypes.h"
2652 %@}
2653
2654 %union @{
2655 long int n;
2656 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2657 @}
2658
2659 %@{
2660 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2661 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2662 %@}
2663
2664 @dots{}
2665 @end smallexample
2666
2667 @node Bison Declarations
2668 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2669 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2670 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2671
2672 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2673 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2674 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2675 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2676
2677 @node Grammar Rules
2678 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2679 @cindex grammar rules section
2680 @cindex rules section for grammar
2681
2682 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2683 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2684
2685 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2686 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2687 if it is the first thing in the file.
2688
2689 @node Epilogue
2690 @subsection The epilogue
2691 @cindex additional C code section
2692 @cindex epilogue
2693 @cindex C code, section for additional
2694
2695 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2696 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2697 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2698 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2699 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2700 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2701 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2702 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2703 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2704
2705 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2706 from the grammar rules.
2707
2708 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2709 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2710 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2711 of the grammar file.
2712
2713 @node Symbols
2714 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2715 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2716 @cindex terminal symbol
2717 @cindex token type
2718 @cindex symbol
2719
2720 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2721 of the language.
2722
2723 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2724 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2725 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2726 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2727 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2728 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2729 the symbol to stand for it.
2730
2731 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2732 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2733 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2734
2735 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2736 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2737
2738 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2739
2740 @itemize @bullet
2741 @item
2742 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2743 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2744 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2745 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2746
2747 @item
2748 @cindex character token
2749 @cindex literal token
2750 @cindex single-character literal
2751 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2752 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2753 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2754 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2755 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2756 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2757 ,Operator Precedence}).
2758
2759 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2760 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2761 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2762 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2763 your program will confuse other readers.
2764
2765 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2766 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2767 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2768 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2769 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2770 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2771 allowed.
2772
2773 @item
2774 @cindex string token
2775 @cindex literal string token
2776 @cindex multicharacter literal
2777 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2778 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2779 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2780 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2781 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2782
2783 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2784 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2785 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2786 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2787 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2788
2789 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2790
2791 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2792 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2793 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2794 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2795 read your program will be confused.
2796
2797 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2798 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2799 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2800 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2801 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2802 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2803 @end itemize
2804
2805 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2806 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2807 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2808
2809 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2810 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2811 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2812 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2813 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2814 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2815 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2816 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2817 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2818 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2819 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2820 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2821
2822 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2823 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2824 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2825 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2826 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2827
2828 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2829 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2830 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2831 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2832 characters in the following C-language string:
2833
2834 @example
2835 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2836 @end example
2837
2838 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2839 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2840 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2841 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2842 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2843 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2844 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2845 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2846 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2847 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2848 compiling them.
2849
2850 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2851 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2852 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2853 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2854 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2855
2856 @node Rules
2857 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2858 @cindex rule syntax
2859 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2860 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2861
2862 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2863
2864 @example
2865 @group
2866 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2867 ;
2868 @end group
2869 @end example
2870
2871 @noindent
2872 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2873 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2874 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2875
2876 For example,
2877
2878 @example
2879 @group
2880 exp: exp '+' exp
2881 ;
2882 @end group
2883 @end example
2884
2885 @noindent
2886 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2887 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2888
2889 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2890 extra white space as you wish.
2891
2892 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2893 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2894
2895 @example
2896 @{@var{C statements}@}
2897 @end example
2898
2899 @noindent
2900 @cindex braced code
2901 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2902 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2903 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2904 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2905 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2906
2907 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2908 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2909 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2910 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2911 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2912 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2913 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2914 character constants.
2915
2916 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2917 @xref{Actions}.
2918
2919 @findex |
2920 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2921 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2922
2923 @example
2924 @group
2925 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2926 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2927 @dots{}
2928 ;
2929 @end group
2930 @end example
2931
2932 @noindent
2933 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2934
2935 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2936 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2937 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2938
2939 @example
2940 @group
2941 expseq: /* empty */
2942 | expseq1
2943 ;
2944 @end group
2945
2946 @group
2947 expseq1: exp
2948 | expseq1 ',' exp
2949 ;
2950 @end group
2951 @end example
2952
2953 @noindent
2954 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2955 with no components.
2956
2957 @node Recursion
2958 @section Recursive Rules
2959 @cindex recursive rule
2960
2961 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2962 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2963 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2964 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2965 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2966
2967 @example
2968 @group
2969 expseq1: exp
2970 | expseq1 ',' exp
2971 ;
2972 @end group
2973 @end example
2974
2975 @cindex left recursion
2976 @cindex right recursion
2977 @noindent
2978 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2979 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2980 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2981
2982 @example
2983 @group
2984 expseq1: exp
2985 | exp ',' expseq1
2986 ;
2987 @end group
2988 @end example
2989
2990 @noindent
2991 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2992 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2993 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2994 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2995 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2996 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2997 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2998 of this.
2999
3000 @cindex mutual recursion
3001 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3002 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3003 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3004 side.
3005
3006 For example:
3007
3008 @example
3009 @group
3010 expr: primary
3011 | primary '+' primary
3012 ;
3013 @end group
3014
3015 @group
3016 primary: constant
3017 | '(' expr ')'
3018 ;
3019 @end group
3020 @end example
3021
3022 @noindent
3023 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3024 other.
3025
3026 @node Semantics
3027 @section Defining Language Semantics
3028 @cindex defining language semantics
3029 @cindex language semantics, defining
3030
3031 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3032 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3033 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3034
3035 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3036 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3037 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3038 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3039
3040 @menu
3041 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3042 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3043 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3044 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3045 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3046 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3047 action in the middle of a rule.
3048 @end menu
3049
3050 @node Value Type
3051 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3052 @cindex semantic value type
3053 @cindex value type, semantic
3054 @cindex data types of semantic values
3055 @cindex default data type
3056
3057 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3058 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3059 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3060 Notation Calculator}).
3061
3062 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3063 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3064
3065 @example
3066 #define YYSTYPE double
3067 @end example
3068
3069 @noindent
3070 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3071 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3072 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3073 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3074
3075 @node Multiple Types
3076 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3077
3078 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3079 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3080 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3081 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3082 symbol table.
3083
3084 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3085 requires you to do two things:
3086
3087 @itemize @bullet
3088 @item
3089 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3090 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3091 Value Types}).
3092
3093 @item
3094 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3095 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3096 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3097 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3098 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3099 @end itemize
3100
3101 @node Actions
3102 @subsection Actions
3103 @cindex action
3104 @vindex $$
3105 @vindex $@var{n}
3106
3107 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3108 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3109 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3110 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3111
3112 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3113 placed at any position in the rule;
3114 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3115 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3116 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3117 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3118
3119 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3120 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3121 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3122 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3123 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3124 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3125 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3126
3127 Here is a typical example:
3128
3129 @example
3130 @group
3131 exp: @dots{}
3132 | exp '+' exp
3133 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3134 @end group
3135 @end example
3136
3137 @noindent
3138 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3139 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3140 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3141 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3142 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3143 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3144 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3145 referred to as @code{$2}.
3146
3147 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3148 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3149 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3150 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3151 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3152
3153 @example
3154 @group
3155 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3156 @end group
3157 @end example
3158
3159 @cindex default action
3160 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3161 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3162 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3163 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3164 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3165 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3166
3167 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3168 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3169 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3170 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3171 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3172
3173 @example
3174 @group
3175 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3176 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3177 ;
3178 @end group
3179
3180 @group
3181 bar: /* empty */
3182 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3183 ;
3184 @end group
3185 @end example
3186
3187 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3188 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3189 definition of @code{foo}.
3190
3191 @vindex yylval
3192 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3193 any, from a semantic action.
3194 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3195 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3196
3197 @node Action Types
3198 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3199 @cindex action data types
3200 @cindex data types in actions
3201
3202 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3203 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3204
3205 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3206 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3207 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3208 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3209 in the rule. In this example,
3210
3211 @example
3212 @group
3213 exp: @dots{}
3214 | exp '+' exp
3215 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3216 @end group
3217 @end example
3218
3219 @noindent
3220 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3221 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3222 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3223 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3224
3225 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3226 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3227 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3228
3229 @example
3230 @group
3231 %union @{
3232 int itype;
3233 double dtype;
3234 @}
3235 @end group
3236 @end example
3237
3238 @noindent
3239 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3240 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3241
3242 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3243 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3244 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3245 @cindex mid-rule actions
3246
3247 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3248 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3249 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3250
3251 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3252 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3253 it is run before they are parsed.
3254
3255 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3256 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3257 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3258 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3259 @code{$@var{n}}.
3260
3261 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3262 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3263 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3264 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3265 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3266 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3267
3268 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3269 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3270 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3271 at the end of the rule.
3272
3273 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3274 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3275 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3276 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3277 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3278 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3279
3280 @example
3281 @group
3282 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3283 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3284 declare_variable ($3); @}
3285 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3286 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3287 @end group
3288 @end example
3289
3290 @noindent
3291 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3292 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3293 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3294 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3295 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3296 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3297 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3298 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3299
3300 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3301 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3302 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3303 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3304 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3305
3306 @findex %destructor
3307 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3308 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3309 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3310 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3311 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3312 restoring it.
3313 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3314 Discarded Symbols}).
3315 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3316 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3317
3318 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3319 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3320
3321 @example
3322 @group
3323 %type <context> let
3324 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3325
3326 %%
3327
3328 stmt: let stmt
3329 @{ $$ = $2;
3330 pop_context ($1); @}
3331 ;
3332
3333 let: LET '(' var ')'
3334 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3335 declare_variable ($3); @}
3336 ;
3337
3338 @end group
3339 @end example
3340
3341 @noindent
3342 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3343 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3344 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3345
3346 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3347 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3348 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3349 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3350 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3351 declaration or not:
3352
3353 @example
3354 @group
3355 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3356 | '@{' statements '@}'
3357 ;
3358 @end group
3359 @end example
3360
3361 @noindent
3362 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3363
3364 @example
3365 @group
3366 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3367 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3368 @end group
3369 @group
3370 | '@{' statements '@}'
3371 ;
3372 @end group
3373 @end example
3374
3375 @noindent
3376 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3377 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3378 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3379 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3380 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3381 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3382
3383 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3384 actions into the two rules, like this:
3385
3386 @example
3387 @group
3388 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3389 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3390 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3391 '@{' statements '@}'
3392 ;
3393 @end group
3394 @end example
3395
3396 @noindent
3397 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3398 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3399
3400 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3401 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3402 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3403
3404 @example
3405 @group
3406 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3407 declarations statements '@}'
3408 | '@{' statements '@}'
3409 ;
3410 @end group
3411 @end example
3412
3413 @noindent
3414 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3415 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3416
3417 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3418 serves as a subroutine:
3419
3420 @example
3421 @group
3422 subroutine: /* empty */
3423 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3424 ;
3425
3426 @end group
3427
3428 @group
3429 compound: subroutine
3430 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3431 | subroutine
3432 '@{' statements '@}'
3433 ;
3434 @end group
3435 @end example
3436
3437 @noindent
3438 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3439 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3440
3441 @node Locations
3442 @section Tracking Locations
3443 @cindex location
3444 @cindex textual location
3445 @cindex location, textual
3446
3447 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3448 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3449 especially symbol locations.
3450
3451 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3452 actions to take when rules are matched.
3453
3454 @menu
3455 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3456 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3457 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3458 @end menu
3459
3460 @node Location Type
3461 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3462 @cindex data type of locations
3463 @cindex default location type
3464
3465 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3466 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3467
3468 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3469 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3470 defining @code{YYSTYPE} (@pxref{Value Type}).
3471 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3472 four members:
3473
3474 @example
3475 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3476 @{
3477 int first_line;
3478 int first_column;
3479 int last_line;
3480 int last_column;
3481 @} YYLTYPE;
3482 @end example
3483
3484 @node Actions and Locations
3485 @subsection Actions and Locations
3486 @cindex location actions
3487 @cindex actions, location
3488 @vindex @@$
3489 @vindex @@@var{n}
3490
3491 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3492 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3493
3494 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3495 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3496 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3497 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3498 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3499 @code{@@$}.
3500
3501 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3502
3503 @example
3504 @group
3505 exp: @dots{}
3506 | exp '/' exp
3507 @{
3508 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3509 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3510 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3511 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3512 if ($3)
3513 $$ = $1 / $3;
3514 else
3515 @{
3516 $$ = 1;
3517 fprintf (stderr,
3518 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3519 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3520 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3521 @}
3522 @}
3523 @end group
3524 @end example
3525
3526 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3527 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3528 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3529 last symbol.
3530
3531 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3532 example above simply rewrites this way:
3533
3534 @example
3535 @group
3536 exp: @dots{}
3537 | exp '/' exp
3538 @{
3539 if ($3)
3540 $$ = $1 / $3;
3541 else
3542 @{
3543 $$ = 1;
3544 fprintf (stderr,
3545 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3546 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3547 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3548 @}
3549 @}
3550 @end group
3551 @end example
3552
3553 @vindex yylloc
3554 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3555 from a semantic action.
3556 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3557 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3558
3559 @node Location Default Action
3560 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3561 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3562 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3563
3564 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3565 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3566 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3567 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3568 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3569 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3570 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3571 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3572 of that ambiguity.
3573
3574 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3575 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3576
3577 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3578 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3579 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3580 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3581 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3582 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3583 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3584 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3585 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3586 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3587
3588 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3589
3590 @smallexample
3591 @group
3592 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3593 do \
3594 if (N) \
3595 @{ \
3596 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3597 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3598 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3599 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3600 @} \
3601 else \
3602 @{ \
3603 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3604 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3605 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3606 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3607 @} \
3608 while (0)
3609 @end group
3610 @end smallexample
3611
3612 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3613 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3614 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3615
3616 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3617
3618 @itemize @bullet
3619 @item
3620 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3621 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3622
3623 @item
3624 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3625 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3626 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3627 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3628
3629 @item
3630 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3631 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3632 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3633 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3634 @end itemize
3635
3636 @node Declarations
3637 @section Bison Declarations
3638 @cindex declarations, Bison
3639 @cindex Bison declarations
3640
3641 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3642 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3643 @xref{Symbols}.
3644
3645 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3646 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3647 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3648 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3649
3650 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3651 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3652 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3653 Grammars}).
3654
3655 @menu
3656 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3657 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3658 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3659 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3660 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3661 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3662 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3663 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3664 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3665 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3666 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3667 @end menu
3668
3669 @node Require Decl
3670 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3671 @cindex version requirement
3672 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3673 @findex %require
3674
3675 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3676 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3677 status 63).
3678
3679 @example
3680 %require "@var{version}"
3681 @end example
3682
3683 @node Token Decl
3684 @subsection Token Type Names
3685 @cindex declaring token type names
3686 @cindex token type names, declaring
3687 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3688 @findex %token
3689
3690 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3691
3692 @example
3693 %token @var{name}
3694 @end example
3695
3696 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3697 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3698 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3699
3700 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3701 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3702 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3703 Precedence}.
3704
3705 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3706 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3707 following the token name:
3708
3709 @example
3710 %token NUM 300
3711 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3712 @end example
3713
3714 @noindent
3715 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3716 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3717 with each other or with normal characters.
3718
3719 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3720 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3721 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3722 Than One Value Type}).
3723
3724 For example:
3725
3726 @example
3727 @group
3728 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3729 double val;
3730 symrec *tptr;
3731 @}
3732 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3733 @end group
3734 @end example
3735
3736 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3737 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3738 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3739
3740 @example
3741 %token arrow "=>"
3742 @end example
3743
3744 @noindent
3745 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3746 equivalent literal string tokens:
3747
3748 @example
3749 %token <operator> OR "||"
3750 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3751 %left OR "<="
3752 @end example
3753
3754 @noindent
3755 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3756 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3757 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3758 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3759
3760 @node Precedence Decl
3761 @subsection Operator Precedence
3762 @cindex precedence declarations
3763 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3764 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3765
3766 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3767 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3768 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3769 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3770 operator precedence.
3771
3772 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3773 @code{%token}: either
3774
3775 @example
3776 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3777 @end example
3778
3779 @noindent
3780 or
3781
3782 @example
3783 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3784 @end example
3785
3786 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3787 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3788 all the @var{symbols}:
3789
3790 @itemize @bullet
3791 @item
3792 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3793 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3794 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3795 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3796 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3797 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3798 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3799 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3800 considered a syntax error.
3801
3802 @item
3803 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3804 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3805 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3806 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3807 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3808 @end itemize
3809
3810 @node Union Decl
3811 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3812 @cindex declaring value types
3813 @cindex value types, declaring
3814 @findex %union
3815
3816 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3817 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3818 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3819 @code{union} in C@.
3820
3821 For example:
3822
3823 @example
3824 @group
3825 %union @{
3826 double val;
3827 symrec *tptr;
3828 @}
3829 @end group
3830 @end example
3831
3832 @noindent
3833 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3834 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3835 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3836 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3837
3838 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3839 @code{union}. For example:
3840
3841 @example
3842 @group
3843 %union value @{
3844 double val;
3845 symrec *tptr;
3846 @}
3847 @end group
3848 @end example
3849
3850 @noindent
3851 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3852 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3853 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3854
3855 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3856 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3857 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3858
3859 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3860 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3861
3862 @node Type Decl
3863 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3864 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3865 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3866 @findex %type
3867
3868 @noindent
3869 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3870 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3871 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3872
3873 @example
3874 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3875 @end example
3876
3877 @noindent
3878 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3879 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3880 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3881 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3882 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3883 the symbol names.
3884
3885 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3886 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3887 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3888 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3889
3890 @node Initial Action Decl
3891 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3892 @findex %initial-action
3893
3894 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3895 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3896 code.
3897
3898 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3899 @findex %initial-action
3900 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3901 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3902 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
3903 @code{%parse-param}.
3904 @end deffn
3905
3906 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3907
3908 @example
3909 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3910 %initial-action
3911 @{
3912 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3913 @};
3914 @end example
3915
3916
3917 @node Destructor Decl
3918 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3919 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3920 @findex %destructor
3921
3922 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3923 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3924 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3925 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3926 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3927 must discard the start symbol.
3928
3929 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3930 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3931 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3932 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3933
3934 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3935 symbol is automatically discarded.
3936
3937 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3938 @findex %destructor
3939 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3940 @var{symbols}.
3941 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3942 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3943 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3944 @code{yyparse}}).
3945 @end deffn
3946
3947 For instance:
3948
3949 @smallexample
3950 %union
3951 @{
3952 char *string;
3953 @}
3954 %token <string> STRING
3955 %type <string> string
3956 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3957 @end smallexample
3958
3959 @noindent
3960 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3961 its associated memory will be freed.
3962
3963 @sp 1
3964
3965 @cindex discarded symbols
3966 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3967
3968 @itemize
3969 @item
3970 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3971 @item
3972 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3973 @item
3974 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
3975 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3976 @item
3977 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3978 @end itemize
3979
3980 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3981 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3982 exhaustion.
3983
3984 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
3985 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
3986 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
3987 the memory.
3988
3989 @node Expect Decl
3990 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3991 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3992 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3993 @cindex warnings, preventing
3994 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3995 @findex %expect
3996 @findex %expect-rr
3997
3998 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3999 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4000 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4001 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4002 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4003 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4004
4005 The declaration looks like this:
4006
4007 @example
4008 %expect @var{n}
4009 @end example
4010
4011 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4012 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4013 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4014 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4015
4016 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4017 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4018 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4019 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4020 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4021 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4022 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4023
4024 @example
4025 %expect-rr @var{n}
4026 @end example
4027
4028 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4029
4030 @itemize @bullet
4031 @item
4032 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4033 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4034 print the number of conflicts.
4035
4036 @item
4037 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4038 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4039 go back to the beginning.
4040
4041 @item
4042 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4043 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4044 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4045 @end itemize
4046
4047 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4048 will keep silent otherwise.
4049
4050 @node Start Decl
4051 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4052 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4053 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4054 @cindex default start symbol
4055 @findex %start
4056
4057 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4058 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4059 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4060
4061 @example
4062 %start @var{symbol}
4063 @end example
4064
4065 @node Pure Decl
4066 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4067 @cindex reentrant parser
4068 @cindex pure parser
4069 @findex %pure-parser
4070
4071 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4072 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4073 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4074 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4075 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4076 program must be called only within interlocks.
4077
4078 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4079 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4080 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4081 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4082 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4083
4084 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4085 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4086 reentrant. It looks like this:
4087
4088 @example
4089 %pure-parser
4090 @end example
4091
4092 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4093 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4094 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4095 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4096 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4097 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4098 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4099 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4100
4101 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4102 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4103 valid grammar.
4104
4105 @node Decl Summary
4106 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4107 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4108 @cindex declaration summary
4109 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4110
4111 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4112
4113 @deffn {Directive} %union
4114 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4115 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4116 @end deffn
4117
4118 @deffn {Directive} %token
4119 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4120 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4121 @end deffn
4122
4123 @deffn {Directive} %right
4124 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4125 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4126 @end deffn
4127
4128 @deffn {Directive} %left
4129 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4130 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4131 @end deffn
4132
4133 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4134 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4135 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4136 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4137 @end deffn
4138
4139 @ifset defaultprec
4140 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4141 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4142 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4143 @end deffn
4144 @end ifset
4145
4146 @deffn {Directive} %type
4147 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4148 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4149 @end deffn
4150
4151 @deffn {Directive} %start
4152 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4153 Start-Symbol}).
4154 @end deffn
4155
4156 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4157 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4158 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4159 @end deffn
4160
4161
4162 @sp 1
4163 @noindent
4164 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4165 directives:
4166
4167 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4168 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4169 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4170 @end deffn
4171 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4172
4173 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4174 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4175 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4176 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4177 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4178
4179 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4180 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4181 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4182 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4183 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4184 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4185 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4186 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4187
4188 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4189 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4190 Parser}.
4191
4192 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4193 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4194 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4195 Locations}.
4196
4197 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4198 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4199 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4200 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4201 Tokens}.
4202 @end deffn
4203
4204 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4205 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4206 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4207 @end deffn
4208
4209 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4210 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4211 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4212 @end deffn
4213
4214 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4215 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4216 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4217 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4218 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4219 accurate syntax error messages.
4220 @end deffn
4221
4222 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4223 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4224 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4225 in C parsers
4226 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4227 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4228 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4229 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4230 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4231 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4232 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4233 @end deffn
4234
4235 @ifset defaultprec
4236 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4237 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4238 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4239 Precedence}).
4240 @end deffn
4241 @end ifset
4242
4243 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4244 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4245 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4246 declarations.
4247
4248 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4249 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4250 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4251 @end deffn
4252
4253 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4254 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4255 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4256 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4257 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4258 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4259 file in its own right.
4260 @end deffn
4261
4262 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4263 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4264 @end deffn
4265
4266 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4267 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4268 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4269 @end deffn
4270
4271 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4272 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4273 Require a Version of Bison}.
4274 @end deffn
4275
4276 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4277 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4278 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4279 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4280 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4281 @code{"$end"},
4282 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4283 defined in the grammar file.
4284
4285 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4286 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4287 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4288 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4289 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4290 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4291 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4292 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4293
4294 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4295 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4296 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4297
4298 @table @code
4299 @item YYNTOKENS
4300 The highest token number, plus one.
4301 @item YYNNTS
4302 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4303 @item YYNRULES
4304 The number of grammar rules,
4305 @item YYNSTATES
4306 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4307 @end table
4308 @end deffn
4309
4310 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4311 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4312 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4313 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4314 information.
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4318 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4319 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4320 @end deffn
4321
4322
4323 @node Multiple Parsers
4324 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4325
4326 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4327 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4328 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4329 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4330
4331 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4332 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4333 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4334 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4335 names that do not conflict.
4336
4337 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4338 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4339 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4340 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4341
4342 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4343 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4344 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4345 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4346 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4347
4348 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4349 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4350 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4351 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4352
4353 @node Interface
4354 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4355 @cindex C-language interface
4356 @cindex interface
4357
4358 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4359 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4360 functions that it needs to use.
4361
4362 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4363 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4364 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4365 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4366
4367 @menu
4368 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4369 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4370 which reads tokens.
4371 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4372 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4373 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4374 native language.
4375 @end menu
4376
4377 @node Parser Function
4378 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4379 @findex yyparse
4380
4381 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4382 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4383 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4384 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4385 without reading further.
4386
4387
4388 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4389 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4390 is due to end-of-input).
4391
4392 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4393 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4394 invoked.
4395
4396 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4397 @end deftypefun
4398
4399 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4400 these macros:
4401
4402 @defmac YYACCEPT
4403 @findex YYACCEPT
4404 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4405 @end defmac
4406
4407 @defmac YYABORT
4408 @findex YYABORT
4409 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4410 @end defmac
4411
4412 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4413 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4414 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4415
4416 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4417 @findex %parse-param
4418 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4419 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4420 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4421 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4422 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4423 @end deffn
4424
4425 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4426
4427 @example
4428 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4429 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4430 @end example
4431
4432 @noindent
4433 Then call the parser like this:
4434
4435 @example
4436 @{
4437 int nastiness, randomness;
4438 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4439 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4440 @dots{}
4441 @}
4442 @end example
4443
4444 @noindent
4445 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4446
4447 @example
4448 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4449 @end example
4450
4451
4452 @node Lexical
4453 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4454 @findex yylex
4455 @cindex lexical analyzer
4456
4457 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4458 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4459 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4460 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4461
4462 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4463 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4464 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4465 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4466 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4467 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4468 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4469
4470 @menu
4471 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4472 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4473 of the token it has read.
4474 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4475 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4476 actions want that.
4477 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4478 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4479 @end menu
4480
4481 @node Calling Convention
4482 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4483
4484 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4485 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4486 signifies end-of-input.
4487
4488 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4489 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4490 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4491 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4492
4493 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4494 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4495 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4496 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4497 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4498 signifies end-of-input.
4499
4500 Here is an example showing these things:
4501
4502 @example
4503 int
4504 yylex (void)
4505 @{
4506 @dots{}
4507 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4508 return 0;
4509 @dots{}
4510 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4511 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4512 @dots{}
4513 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4514 @dots{}
4515 @}
4516 @end example
4517
4518 @noindent
4519 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4520 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4521
4522 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4523 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4524
4525 @itemize @bullet
4526 @item
4527 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4528 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4529 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4530 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4531
4532 @item
4533 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4534 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4535 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4536 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4537 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4538 to Bison.
4539
4540 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4541 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4542 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4543 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4544
4545 @smallexample
4546 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4547 @{
4548 if (yytname[i] != 0
4549 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4550 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4551 strlen (token_buffer))
4552 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4553 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4554 break;
4555 @}
4556 @end smallexample
4557
4558 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4559 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4560 @end itemize
4561
4562 @node Token Values
4563 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4564
4565 @vindex yylval
4566 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4567 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4568 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4569 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4570 @code{yylex}:
4571
4572 @example
4573 @group
4574 @dots{}
4575 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4576 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4577 @dots{}
4578 @end group
4579 @end example
4580
4581 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4582 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4583 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4584 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4585 declaration looks like this:
4586
4587 @example
4588 @group
4589 %union @{
4590 int intval;
4591 double val;
4592 symrec *tptr;
4593 @}
4594 @end group
4595 @end example
4596
4597 @noindent
4598 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4599
4600 @example
4601 @group
4602 @dots{}
4603 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4604 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4605 @dots{}
4606 @end group
4607 @end example
4608
4609 @node Token Locations
4610 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4611
4612 @vindex yylloc
4613 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4614 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4615 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4616 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4617 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4618 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4619
4620 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4621 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4622 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4623 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4624 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4625
4626 @tindex YYLTYPE
4627 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4628
4629 @node Pure Calling
4630 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4631
4632 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4633 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4634 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4635 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4636 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4637 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4638 pointers.
4639
4640 @example
4641 int
4642 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4643 @{
4644 @dots{}
4645 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4646 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4647 @dots{}
4648 @}
4649 @end example
4650
4651 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4652 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4653 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4654 only one argument.
4655
4656
4657 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4658 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4659 Function}).
4660
4661 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4662 @findex %lex-param
4663 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4664 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4665 @end deffn
4666
4667 For instance:
4668
4669 @example
4670 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4671 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4672 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4673 @end example
4674
4675 @noindent
4676 results in the following signature:
4677
4678 @example
4679 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4680 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4681 @end example
4682
4683 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4684
4685 @example
4686 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4687 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4688 @end example
4689
4690 @noindent
4691 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4692
4693 @example
4694 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4695 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4696 @end example
4697
4698 @node Error Reporting
4699 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4700 @cindex error reporting function
4701 @findex yyerror
4702 @cindex parse error
4703 @cindex syntax error
4704
4705 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4706 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4707 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4708 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4709 in Actions}).
4710
4711 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4712 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4713 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4714 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4715 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4716
4717 @findex %error-verbose
4718 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4719 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4720 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4721 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4722
4723 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4724 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4725 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4726 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4727 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4728 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4729
4730 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4731 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4732 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4733
4734 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4735
4736 @example
4737 @group
4738 void
4739 yyerror (char const *s)
4740 @{
4741 @end group
4742 @group
4743 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4744 @}
4745 @end group
4746 @end example
4747
4748 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4749 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4750 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4751 immediately return 1.
4752
4753 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4754 an access to the current location.
4755 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4756 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4757 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4758 @code{yyerror} are:
4759
4760 @example
4761 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4762 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4763 @end example
4764
4765 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4766
4767 @example
4768 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4769 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4770 @end example
4771
4772 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4773 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4774 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4775 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4776
4777 @example
4778 /* Location tracking. */
4779 %locations
4780 /* Pure yylex. */
4781 %pure-parser
4782 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4783 /* Pure yyparse. */
4784 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4785 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4786 @end example
4787
4788 @noindent
4789 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4790
4791 @example
4792 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4793 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4794 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4795 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4796 char const *msg);
4797 @end example
4798
4799 @noindent
4800 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4801 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4802 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4803 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4804 message is always passed last.
4805
4806 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4807 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4808 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4809 @code{yyerror}.
4810
4811 @vindex yynerrs
4812 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4813 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4814 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4815 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4816
4817 @node Action Features
4818 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4819 @cindex summary, action features
4820 @cindex action features summary
4821
4822 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4823 are useful in actions.
4824
4825 @deffn {Variable} $$
4826 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4827 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4828 @end deffn
4829
4830 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4831 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4832 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4833 @end deffn
4834
4835 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4836 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4837 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4838 Types of Values in Actions}.
4839 @end deffn
4840
4841 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4842 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4843 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4844 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4845 @end deffn
4846
4847 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4848 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4849 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4850 @end deffn
4851
4852 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4853 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4854 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4855 @end deffn
4856
4857 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4858 @findex YYBACKUP
4859 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4860 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
4861 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4862 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
4863 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4864 going to be reduced by this rule.
4865
4866 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4867 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4868 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4869 recovery.
4870
4871 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4872 @end deffn
4873
4874 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4875 @vindex YYEMPTY
4876 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
4877 @end deffn
4878
4879 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4880 @vindex YYEOF
4881 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
4882 stream.
4883 @end deffn
4884
4885 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4886 @findex YYERROR
4887 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4888 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4889 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4890 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4891 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4892 @end deffn
4893
4894 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4895 @findex YYRECOVERING
4896 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
4897 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
4898 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4899 @end deffn
4900
4901 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4902 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4903 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
4904 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4905 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4906 Actions}).
4907 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
4908 @end deffn
4909
4910 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4911 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
4912 error rules.
4913 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4914 Semantic Actions}).
4915 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4916 @end deffn
4917
4918 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4919 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4920 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4921 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4922 @end deffn
4923
4924 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4925 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4926 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4927 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4928 Actions}).
4929 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4930 @end deffn
4931
4932 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4933 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4934 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4935 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4936 Actions}).
4937 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4938 @end deffn
4939
4940 @deffn {Value} @@$
4941 @findex @@$
4942 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4943 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4944 Tracking Locations}.
4945
4946 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4947
4948 @c @example
4949 @c struct @{
4950 @c int first_line, last_line;
4951 @c int first_column, last_column;
4952 @c @};
4953 @c @end example
4954
4955 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4956 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4957
4958 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4959 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4960 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4961 @c those members.
4962
4963 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4964 @end deffn
4965
4966 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4967 @findex @@@var{n}
4968 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4969 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4970 Tracking Locations}.
4971 @end deffn
4972
4973 @node Internationalization
4974 @section Parser Internationalization
4975 @cindex internationalization
4976 @cindex i18n
4977 @cindex NLS
4978 @cindex gettext
4979 @cindex bison-po
4980
4981 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4982 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4983 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4984 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4985 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4986 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4987 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4988 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4989 installation.
4990
4991 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4992 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4993 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4994 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4995
4996 @enumerate
4997 @item
4998 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4999 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5000 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5001 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5002 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5003 For example:
5004
5005 @example
5006 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5007 @end example
5008
5009 @item
5010 @findex BISON_I18N
5011 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5012 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5013 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5014 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5015 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5016 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5017 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5018 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5019 Bison-generated parser.
5020
5021 @item
5022 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5023 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5024 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5025 For example:
5026
5027 @example
5028 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5029 @end example
5030
5031 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5032 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5033 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5034 @file{Makefile}.
5035
5036 @item
5037 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5038 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5039 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5040
5041 @example
5042 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5043 @end example
5044
5045 or:
5046
5047 @example
5048 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5049 @end example
5050
5051 @item
5052 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5053 infrastructure.
5054 @end enumerate
5055
5056
5057 @node Algorithm
5058 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5059 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5060 @cindex algorithm of parser
5061 @cindex shifting
5062 @cindex reduction
5063 @cindex parser stack
5064 @cindex stack, parser
5065
5066 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5067 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5068 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5069
5070 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5071 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5072 that was shifted.
5073
5074 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5075 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5076 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5077 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5078 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5079 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5080 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5081
5082 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5083
5084 @example
5085 1 + 5 * 3
5086 @end example
5087
5088 @noindent
5089 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5090 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5091
5092 @example
5093 expr: expr '*' expr;
5094 @end example
5095
5096 @noindent
5097 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5098
5099 @example
5100 1 + 15
5101 @end example
5102
5103 @noindent
5104 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5105 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5106
5107 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5108 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5109 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5110
5111 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5112
5113 @menu
5114 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5115 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5116 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5117 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5118 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5119 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5120 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5121 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5122 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5123 @end menu
5124
5125 @node Lookahead
5126 @section Lookahead Tokens
5127 @cindex lookahead token
5128
5129 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5130 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5131 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5132 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5133 token in order to decide what to do.
5134
5135 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5136 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5137 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5138 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5139 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5140 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5141 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5142 application.
5143
5144 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5145 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5146 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5147
5148 @example
5149 @group
5150 expr: term '+' expr
5151 | term
5152 ;
5153 @end group
5154
5155 @group
5156 term: '(' expr ')'
5157 | term '!'
5158 | NUMBER
5159 ;
5160 @end group
5161 @end example
5162
5163 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5164 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5165 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5166 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5167 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5168
5169 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5170 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5171 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5172 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5173 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5174 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5175
5176 @vindex yychar
5177 @vindex yylval
5178 @vindex yylloc
5179 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5180 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5181 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5182 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5183
5184 @node Shift/Reduce
5185 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5186 @cindex conflicts
5187 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5188 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5189 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5190
5191 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5192 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5193
5194 @example
5195 @group
5196 if_stmt:
5197 IF expr THEN stmt
5198 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5199 ;
5200 @end group
5201 @end example
5202
5203 @noindent
5204 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5205 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5206
5207 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5208 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5209 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5210 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5211 rule.
5212
5213 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5214 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5215 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5216 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5217 contrast it with the other alternative.
5218
5219 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5220 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5221 equivalent:
5222
5223 @example
5224 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5225
5226 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5227 @end example
5228
5229 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5230 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5231 making these two inputs equivalent:
5232
5233 @example
5234 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5235
5236 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5237 @end example
5238
5239 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5240 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5241 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5242 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5243 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5244 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5245 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5246 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5247
5248 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5249 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5250 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5251 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5252
5253 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5254 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5255 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5256 conflict:
5257
5258 @example
5259 @group
5260 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5261 %%
5262 @end group
5263 @group
5264 stmt: expr
5265 | if_stmt
5266 ;
5267 @end group
5268
5269 @group
5270 if_stmt:
5271 IF expr THEN stmt
5272 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5273 ;
5274 @end group
5275
5276 expr: variable
5277 ;
5278 @end example
5279
5280 @node Precedence
5281 @section Operator Precedence
5282 @cindex operator precedence
5283 @cindex precedence of operators
5284
5285 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5286 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5287 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5288 shift and when to reduce.
5289
5290 @menu
5291 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5292 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5293 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5294 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5295 @end menu
5296
5297 @node Why Precedence
5298 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5299
5300 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5301 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5302
5303 @example
5304 @group
5305 expr: expr '-' expr
5306 | expr '*' expr
5307 | expr '<' expr
5308 | '(' expr ')'
5309 @dots{}
5310 ;
5311 @end group
5312 @end example
5313
5314 @noindent
5315 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5316 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5317 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5318 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5319 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5320 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5321 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5322 different results.
5323
5324 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5325 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5326 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5327 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5328 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5329 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5330 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5331 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5332 @samp{<}.
5333
5334 @cindex associativity
5335 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5336 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5337 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5338 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5339 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5340 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5341 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5342 makes right-associativity.
5343
5344 @node Using Precedence
5345 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5346 @findex %left
5347 @findex %right
5348 @findex %nonassoc
5349
5350 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5351 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5352 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5353 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5354 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5355 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5356 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5357 row''.
5358
5359 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5360 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5361 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5362 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5363 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5364
5365 @node Precedence Examples
5366 @subsection Precedence Examples
5367
5368 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5369
5370 @example
5371 %left '<'
5372 %left '-'
5373 %left '*'
5374 @end example
5375
5376 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5377 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5378 declared with @code{'-'}:
5379
5380 @example
5381 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5382 %left '+' '-'
5383 %left '*' '/'
5384 @end example
5385
5386 @noindent
5387 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5388 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5389 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5390
5391 @node How Precedence
5392 @subsection How Precedence Works
5393
5394 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5395 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5396 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5397 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5398 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5399 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5400
5401 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5402 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5403 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5404 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5405 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5406 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5407 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5408 resolved.
5409
5410 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5411 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5412
5413 @node Contextual Precedence
5414 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5415 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5416 @cindex unary operator precedence
5417 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5418 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5419 @findex %prec
5420
5421 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5422 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5423 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5424 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5425
5426 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5427 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5428 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5429 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5430 modifier for rules.
5431
5432 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5433 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5434 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5435 modifier's syntax is:
5436
5437 @example
5438 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5439 @end example
5440
5441 @noindent
5442 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5443 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5444 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5445 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5446 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5447
5448 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5449 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5450 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5451 precedence:
5452
5453 @example
5454 @dots{}
5455 %left '+' '-'
5456 %left '*'
5457 %left UMINUS
5458 @end example
5459
5460 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5461
5462 @example
5463 @group
5464 exp: @dots{}
5465 | exp '-' exp
5466 @dots{}
5467 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5468 @end group
5469 @end example
5470
5471 @ifset defaultprec
5472 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5473 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5474 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5475 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5476
5477 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5478 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5479 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5480 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5481
5482 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5483 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5484 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5485 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5486 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5487 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5488
5489 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5490 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5491 @end ifset
5492
5493 @node Parser States
5494 @section Parser States
5495 @cindex finite-state machine
5496 @cindex parser state
5497 @cindex state (of parser)
5498
5499 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5500 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5501 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5502 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5503 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5504
5505 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5506 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5507 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5508 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5509 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5510 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5511 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5512 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5513 pushed.
5514
5515 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5516 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5517 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5518
5519 @node Reduce/Reduce
5520 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5521 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5522 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5523
5524 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5525 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5526 in the grammar.
5527
5528 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5529 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5530
5531 @example
5532 sequence: /* empty */
5533 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5534 | maybeword
5535 | sequence word
5536 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5537 ;
5538
5539 maybeword: /* empty */
5540 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5541 | word
5542 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5543 ;
5544 @end example
5545
5546 @noindent
5547 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5548 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5549 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5550 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5551 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5552 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5553
5554 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5555 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5556 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5557
5558 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5559 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5560 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5561 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5562 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5563
5564 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5565 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5566 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5567 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5568
5569 @example
5570 sequence: /* empty */
5571 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5572 | sequence word
5573 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5574 ;
5575 @end example
5576
5577 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5578
5579 @example
5580 sequence: /* empty */
5581 | sequence words
5582 | sequence redirects
5583 ;
5584
5585 words: /* empty */
5586 | words word
5587 ;
5588
5589 redirects:/* empty */
5590 | redirects redirect
5591 ;
5592 @end example
5593
5594 @noindent
5595 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5596 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5597 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5598 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5599 in infinitely many ways!
5600
5601 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5602 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5603 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5604 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5605
5606 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5607 of sequence:
5608
5609 @example
5610 sequence: /* empty */
5611 | sequence word
5612 | sequence redirect
5613 ;
5614 @end example
5615
5616 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5617 from being empty:
5618
5619 @example
5620 sequence: /* empty */
5621 | sequence words
5622 | sequence redirects
5623 ;
5624
5625 words: word
5626 | words word
5627 ;
5628
5629 redirects:redirect
5630 | redirects redirect
5631 ;
5632 @end example
5633
5634 @node Mystery Conflicts
5635 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5636
5637 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5638 Here is an example:
5639
5640 @example
5641 @group
5642 %token ID
5643
5644 %%
5645 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5646 ;
5647 param_spec:
5648 type
5649 | name_list ':' type
5650 ;
5651 @end group
5652 @group
5653 return_spec:
5654 type
5655 | name ':' type
5656 ;
5657 @end group
5658 @group
5659 type: ID
5660 ;
5661 @end group
5662 @group
5663 name: ID
5664 ;
5665 name_list:
5666 name
5667 | name ',' name_list
5668 ;
5669 @end group
5670 @end example
5671
5672 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5673 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5674 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5675 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5676
5677 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5678 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5679 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5680 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5681 an @code{ID}
5682 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5683 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5684 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5685 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5686 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5687 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
5688 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5689 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5690 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5691
5692 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5693 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5694 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5695 and tend to
5696 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5697 as it is now.
5698
5699 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5700 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5701 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5702 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5703
5704 @example
5705 @group
5706 %token BOGUS
5707 @dots{}
5708 %%
5709 @dots{}
5710 return_spec:
5711 type
5712 | name ':' type
5713 /* This rule is never used. */
5714 | ID BOGUS
5715 ;
5716 @end group
5717 @end example
5718
5719 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5720 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5721 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5722 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5723 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5724 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5725
5726 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5727 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5728 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5729 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5730 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5731 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5732
5733 @example
5734 param_spec:
5735 type
5736 | name_list ':' type
5737 ;
5738 return_spec:
5739 type
5740 | ID ':' type
5741 ;
5742 @end example
5743
5744 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5745 generators, please see:
5746 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5747 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5748 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5749 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5750
5751 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5752 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5753 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5754 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5755 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5756 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5757
5758 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5759 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5760 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
5761 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5762 context-free languages.
5763 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5764 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5765 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5766 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5767 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5768 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5769 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5770 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5771
5772 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5773 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5774 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5775 parser uses the same basic
5776 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5777 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5778 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5779 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5780 situation, it
5781 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5782 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5783 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5784 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5785 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5786
5787 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5788 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5789 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5790 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5791 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5792 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5793 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5794 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5795 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5796 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5797 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5798 stream.
5799
5800 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5801 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5802 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5803 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5804 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5805 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5806 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5807 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5808 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5809 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5810 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5811 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5812
5813 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5814 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5815 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5816 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5817 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5818 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5819 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5820 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5821 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5822 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5823 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5824 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5825 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5826 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5827 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5828 Bison parser.
5829
5830 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5831 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5832 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5833 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5834 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5835 (2000-12-24).
5836
5837 @node Memory Management
5838 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5839 @cindex memory exhaustion
5840 @cindex memory management
5841 @cindex stack overflow
5842 @cindex parser stack overflow
5843 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5844
5845 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5846 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5847 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5848
5849 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5850 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5851 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5852
5853 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5854 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5855 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5856 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5857 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5858
5859 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5860 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5861 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5862 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5863 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5864 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5865
5866 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5867 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5868 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5869 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5870
5871 @cindex default stack limit
5872 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5873 10000.
5874
5875 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5876 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5877 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5878 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5879 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5880 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5881
5882 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5883
5884 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5885 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5886 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5887 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5888 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5889 this deficiency in a future release.
5890
5891 @node Error Recovery
5892 @chapter Error Recovery
5893 @cindex error recovery
5894 @cindex recovery from errors
5895
5896 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5897 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5898 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5899 another expression.
5900
5901 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5902 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5903 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5904 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5905 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5906 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5907 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5908
5909 @findex error
5910 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5911 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5912 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5913 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5914 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5915 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5916
5917 For example:
5918
5919 @example
5920 stmnts: /* empty string */
5921 | stmnts '\n'
5922 | stmnts exp '\n'
5923 | stmnts error '\n'
5924 @end example
5925
5926 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5927 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5928
5929 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5930 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5931 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5932 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5933 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5934 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5935 applicable in the ordinary way.
5936
5937 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5938 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5939 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5940 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5941 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5942 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5943 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5944 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5945 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5946 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5947 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5948 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5949
5950 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5951 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5952 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5953
5954 @example
5955 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5956 @end example
5957
5958 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5959 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5960 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5961 spurious error message:
5962
5963 @example
5964 primary: '(' expr ')'
5965 | '(' error ')'
5966 @dots{}
5967 ;
5968 @end example
5969
5970 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5971 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5972 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5973 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5974 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5975 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5976 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5977 @code{stmnt}.
5978
5979 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5980 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5981 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5982 error messages resume.
5983
5984 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5985 as any other rules can.
5986
5987 @findex yyerrok
5988 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5989 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5990 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5991 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5992
5993 @findex yyclearin
5994 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5995 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5996 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5997 action.
5998 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5999
6000 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6001 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6002 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6003 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6004 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6005
6006 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6007 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6008 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6009 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6010 error.
6011
6012 @node Context Dependency
6013 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6014
6015 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6016 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6017 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6018 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6019 languages.
6020
6021 @menu
6022 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6023 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6024 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6025 error recovery rules must be written.
6026 @end menu
6027
6028 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6029 neither clean nor robust.)
6030
6031 @node Semantic Tokens
6032 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6033
6034 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6035 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6036
6037 @example
6038 foo (x);
6039 @end example
6040
6041 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6042 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6043 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6044
6045 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6046 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6047 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6048 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6049 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6050
6051 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6052 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6053 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6054 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6055 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6056 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6057 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6058
6059 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6060 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6061 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6062 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6063 earlier:
6064
6065 @example
6066 typedef int foo, bar;
6067 int baz (void)
6068 @{
6069 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6070 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6071 return foo (bar);
6072 @}
6073 @end example
6074
6075 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6076 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6077
6078 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6079 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6080 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6081 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6082 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6083
6084 @example
6085 initdcl:
6086 declarator maybeasm '='
6087 init
6088 | declarator maybeasm
6089 ;
6090
6091 notype_initdcl:
6092 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6093 init
6094 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6095 ;
6096 @end example
6097
6098 @noindent
6099 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6100 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6101 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6102
6103 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6104 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6105 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6106 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6107 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6108 the syntactic context.
6109
6110 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6111 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6112 @cindex lexical tie-in
6113
6114 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6115 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6116 parsed.
6117
6118 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6119 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6120 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6121 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6122 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6123
6124 @example
6125 @group
6126 %@{
6127 int hexflag;
6128 int yylex (void);
6129 void yyerror (char const *);
6130 %@}
6131 %%
6132 @dots{}
6133 @end group
6134 @group
6135 expr: IDENTIFIER
6136 | constant
6137 | HEX '('
6138 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6139 expr ')'
6140 @{ hexflag = 0;
6141 $$ = $4; @}
6142 | expr '+' expr
6143 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6144 @dots{}
6145 ;
6146 @end group
6147
6148 @group
6149 constant:
6150 INTEGER
6151 | STRING
6152 ;
6153 @end group
6154 @end example
6155
6156 @noindent
6157 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6158 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6159 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6160
6161 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6162 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6163 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6164
6165 @node Tie-in Recovery
6166 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6167
6168 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6169 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6170
6171 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6172 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6173 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6174 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6175
6176 @example
6177 stmt: expr ';'
6178 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6179 @dots{}
6180 error ';'
6181 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6182 ;
6183 @end example
6184
6185 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6186 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6187 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6188 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6189 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6190
6191 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6192
6193 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6194 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6195 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6196
6197 @example
6198 @group
6199 expr: @dots{}
6200 | '(' expr ')'
6201 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6202 | '(' error ')'
6203 @dots{}
6204 @end group
6205 @end example
6206
6207 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6208 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6209 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6210 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6211
6212 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6213 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6214 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6215 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6216 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6217 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6218 clear the flag.
6219
6220 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6221
6222 @node Debugging
6223 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6224
6225 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6226 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6227 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6228 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6229 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6230 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6231
6232 @menu
6233 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6234 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6235 @end menu
6236
6237 @node Understanding
6238 @section Understanding Your Parser
6239
6240 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6241 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6242 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6243 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6244 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6245 file).
6246
6247 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6248 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6249 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6250 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6251 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6252 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6253 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6254
6255 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6256
6257 @example
6258 %token NUM STR
6259 %left '+' '-'
6260 %left '*'
6261 %%
6262 exp: exp '+' exp
6263 | exp '-' exp
6264 | exp '*' exp
6265 | exp '/' exp
6266 | NUM
6267 ;
6268 useless: STR;
6269 %%
6270 @end example
6271
6272 @command{bison} reports:
6273
6274 @example
6275 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6276 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6277 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6278 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6279 @end example
6280
6281 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6282 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6283 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6284 interpretation is the same.
6285
6286 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6287 to precedence and/or associativity:
6288
6289 @example
6290 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6291 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6292 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6293 @exdent @dots{}
6294 @end example
6295
6296 @noindent
6297 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6298
6299 @example
6300 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6301 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6302 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6303 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6304 @end example
6305
6306 @noindent
6307 @cindex token, useless
6308 @cindex useless token
6309 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6310 @cindex useless nonterminal
6311 @cindex rule, useless
6312 @cindex useless rule
6313 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6314 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6315 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6316 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6317 below):
6318
6319 @example
6320 Useless nonterminals:
6321 useless
6322
6323 Terminals which are not used:
6324 STR
6325
6326 Useless rules:
6327 #6 useless: STR;
6328 @end example
6329
6330 @noindent
6331 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6332
6333 @example
6334 Grammar
6335
6336 Number, Line, Rule
6337 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6338 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6339 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6340 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6341 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6342 5 9 exp -> NUM
6343 @end example
6344
6345 @noindent
6346 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6347
6348 @example
6349 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6350
6351 $end (0) 0
6352 '*' (42) 3
6353 '+' (43) 1
6354 '-' (45) 2
6355 '/' (47) 4
6356 error (256)
6357 NUM (258) 5
6358
6359 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6360
6361 $accept (8)
6362 on left: 0
6363 exp (9)
6364 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6365 @end example
6366
6367 @noindent
6368 @cindex item
6369 @cindex pointed rule
6370 @cindex rule, pointed
6371 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6372 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6373 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6374 that the input cursor.
6375
6376 @example
6377 state 0
6378
6379 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6380
6381 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6382
6383 exp go to state 2
6384 @end example
6385
6386 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6387 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6388 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6389 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6390 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6391 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6392 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6393 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6394
6395 @cindex core, item set
6396 @cindex item set core
6397 @cindex kernel, item set
6398 @cindex item set core
6399 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6400 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6401 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6402 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6403 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6404 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6405 be derived:
6406
6407 @example
6408 state 0
6409
6410 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6411 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6412 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6413 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6414 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6415 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6416
6417 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6418
6419 exp go to state 2
6420 @end example
6421
6422 @noindent
6423 In the state 1...
6424
6425 @example
6426 state 1
6427
6428 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6429
6430 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6431 @end example
6432
6433 @noindent
6434 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6435 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6436 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6437 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6438
6439 @example
6440 state 2
6441
6442 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6443 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6444 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6445 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6446 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6447
6448 $ shift, and go to state 3
6449 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6450 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6451 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6452 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6453 @end example
6454
6455 @noindent
6456 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6457 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6458 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6459 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6460 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6461 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6462
6463 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6464 state}:
6465
6466 @example
6467 state 3
6468
6469 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6470
6471 $default accept
6472 @end example
6473
6474 @noindent
6475 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6476 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6477
6478 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6479 the reader.
6480
6481 @example
6482 state 4
6483
6484 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6485
6486 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6487
6488 exp go to state 8
6489
6490 state 5
6491
6492 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6493
6494 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6495
6496 exp go to state 9
6497
6498 state 6
6499
6500 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6501
6502 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6503
6504 exp go to state 10
6505
6506 state 7
6507
6508 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6509
6510 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6511
6512 exp go to state 11
6513 @end example
6514
6515 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6516 1 shift/reduce}:
6517
6518 @example
6519 state 8
6520
6521 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6522 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6523 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6524 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6525 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6526
6527 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6528 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6529
6530 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6531 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6532 @end example
6533
6534 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6535 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6536 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6537 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6538 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6539 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6540 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6541 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6542
6543 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6544 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6545 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6546 square brackets.
6547
6548 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6549 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6550 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6551 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6552 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6553 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6554 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6555 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6556 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6557 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6558 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6559 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6560
6561 @example
6562 state 8
6563
6564 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6565 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6566 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6567 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6568 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6569
6570 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6571 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6572
6573 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6574 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6575 @end example
6576
6577 The remaining states are similar:
6578
6579 @example
6580 state 9
6581
6582 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6583 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6584 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6585 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6586 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6587
6588 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6589 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6590
6591 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6592 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6593
6594 state 10
6595
6596 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6597 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6598 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6599 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6600 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6601
6602 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6603
6604 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6605 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6606
6607 state 11
6608
6609 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6610 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6611 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6612 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6613 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6614
6615 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6616 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6617 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6618 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6619
6620 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6621 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6622 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6623 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6624 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6625 @end example
6626
6627 @noindent
6628 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6629 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6630 @samp{*}, but also because the
6631 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6632
6633
6634 @node Tracing
6635 @section Tracing Your Parser
6636 @findex yydebug
6637 @cindex debugging
6638 @cindex tracing the parser
6639
6640 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6641 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6642
6643 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6644
6645 @table @asis
6646 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6647 @findex YYDEBUG
6648 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6649 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6650 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6651 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6652 Prologue}).
6653
6654 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6655 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6656 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6657
6658 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6659 @findex %debug
6660 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6661 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6662 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6663 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6664 you, this is
6665 the preferred solution.
6666 @end table
6667
6668 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6669 always possible.
6670
6671 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6672 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6673 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6674 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6675 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6676 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6677
6678 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6679 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6680 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6681 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6682
6683 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6684 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6685 messages tell you these things:
6686
6687 @itemize @bullet
6688 @item
6689 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6690
6691 @item
6692 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6693 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6694
6695 @item
6696 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6697 of the state stack afterward.
6698 @end itemize
6699
6700 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6701 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6702 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6703 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6704 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6705 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6706 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6707 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6708 grammar are to blame.
6709
6710 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6711 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6712 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6713 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6714 the grammar it is working.
6715
6716 @findex YYPRINT
6717 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6718 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6719 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6720 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6721 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6722 value (from @code{yylval}).
6723
6724 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6725 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6726
6727 @smallexample
6728 %@{
6729 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6730 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6731 %@}
6732
6733 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6734
6735 static void
6736 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6737 @{
6738 if (type == VAR)
6739 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6740 else if (type == NUM)
6741 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6742 @}
6743 @end smallexample
6744
6745 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6746
6747 @node Invocation
6748 @chapter Invoking Bison
6749 @cindex invoking Bison
6750 @cindex Bison invocation
6751 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6752
6753 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6754
6755 @example
6756 bison @var{infile}
6757 @end example
6758
6759 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6760 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6761 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6762 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6763 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6764 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6765 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6766 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6767 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6768 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6769 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6770 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6771
6772 For example :
6773
6774 @example
6775 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6776 @end example
6777 @noindent
6778 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6779
6780 @example
6781 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6782 @end example
6783 @noindent
6784 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6785
6786 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6787 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6788 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6789
6790 @menu
6791 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6792 in alphabetical order by short options.
6793 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6794 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6795 @end menu
6796
6797 @node Bison Options
6798 @section Bison Options
6799
6800 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6801 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6802 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6803 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6804 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6805 @samp{=}.
6806
6807 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6808 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6809 option.
6810
6811 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6812 @noindent
6813 Operations modes:
6814 @table @option
6815 @item -h
6816 @itemx --help
6817 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6818
6819 @item -V
6820 @itemx --version
6821 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6822
6823 @item --print-localedir
6824 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6825
6826 @item -y
6827 @itemx --yacc
6828 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6829 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6830 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6831 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6832 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6833 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6834 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6835 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6836
6837 @example
6838 #! /bin/sh
6839 bison -y "$@@"
6840 @end example
6841
6842 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6843 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6844 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6845 this option is specified.
6846
6847 @end table
6848
6849 @noindent
6850 Tuning the parser:
6851
6852 @table @option
6853 @item -S @var{file}
6854 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6855 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6856 you are developing Bison.
6857
6858 @item -t
6859 @itemx --debug
6860 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6861 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6862 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6863
6864 @item --locations
6865 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6866
6867 @item -p @var{prefix}
6868 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6869 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6870 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6871
6872 @item -l
6873 @itemx --no-lines
6874 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6875 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6876 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6877 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6878 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6879
6880 @item -n
6881 @itemx --no-parser
6882 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6883
6884 @item -k
6885 @itemx --token-table
6886 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6887 @end table
6888
6889 @noindent
6890 Adjust the output:
6891
6892 @table @option
6893 @item -d
6894 @itemx --defines
6895 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6896 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6897 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6898
6899 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6900 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6901
6902 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6903 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6904 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6905 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6906
6907 @item -r @var{things}
6908 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6909 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6910 separated list of @var{things} among:
6911
6912 @table @code
6913 @item state
6914 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6915 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6916
6917 @item lookahead
6918 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6919 each rule's lookahead set.
6920
6921 @item itemset
6922 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6923 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6924 @end table
6925
6926 @item -v
6927 @itemx --verbose
6928 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6929 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6930 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6931
6932 @item -o @var{file}
6933 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6934 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6935
6936 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6937 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6938
6939 @item -g
6940 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6941 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6942 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6943 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6944
6945 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6946 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6947 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6948 the output graph file.
6949 @end table
6950
6951 @node Option Cross Key
6952 @section Option Cross Key
6953
6954 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
6955 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6956 the corresponding short option.
6957
6958 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
6959 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
6960 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
6961 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
6962 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
6963 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
6964 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
6965 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
6966 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
6967 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
6968 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
6969 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
6970 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
6971 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
6972 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
6973 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
6974 @end multitable
6975
6976 @node Yacc Library
6977 @section Yacc Library
6978
6979 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6980 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6981 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6982 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6983 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6984 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6985 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6986
6987 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6988 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6989
6990 @example
6991 int yyerror (char const *);
6992 @end example
6993
6994 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6995 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6996 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6997
6998 @example
6999 int yyparse (void);
7000 @end example
7001
7002 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7003
7004 @node C++ Language Interface
7005 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7006
7007 @menu
7008 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7009 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7010 @end menu
7011
7012 @node C++ Parsers
7013 @section C++ Parsers
7014
7015 @menu
7016 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7017 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7018 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7019 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7020 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7021 @end menu
7022
7023 @node C++ Bison Interface
7024 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7025 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7026 @c - Always pure
7027 @c - initial action
7028
7029 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7030 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7031 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7032 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7033 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7034 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7035 various classes are generated in the following files:
7036
7037 @table @file
7038 @item position.hh
7039 @itemx location.hh
7040 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7041 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7042
7043 @item stack.hh
7044 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7045
7046 @item @var{file}.hh
7047 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7048 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7049 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7050 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7051 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7052
7053 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7054 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7055 @samp{%defines} directive.
7056 @end table
7057
7058 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7059 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7060
7061 @node C++ Semantic Values
7062 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7063 @c - No objects in unions
7064 @c - YSTYPE
7065 @c - Printer and destructor
7066
7067 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7068 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7069 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7070 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7071 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7072 @itemize @minus
7073 @item
7074 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7075 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7076 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7077 @item
7078 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7079 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7080 to such objects are allowed.
7081 @end itemize
7082
7083 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7084 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7085 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7086 Symbols}.
7087
7088
7089 @node C++ Location Values
7090 @subsection C++ Location Values
7091 @c - %locations
7092 @c - class Position
7093 @c - class Location
7094 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7095
7096 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7097 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7098 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7099 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7100 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7101
7102 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7103 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7104 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7105 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7106 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7107 @end deftypemethod
7108
7109 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7110 The line, starting at 1.
7111 @end deftypemethod
7112
7113 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7114 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7115 @end deftypemethod
7116
7117 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7118 The column, starting at 0.
7119 @end deftypemethod
7120
7121 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7122 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7123 @end deftypemethod
7124
7125 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7126 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7127 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7128 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7129 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7130 @end deftypemethod
7131
7132 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7133 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7134 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7135 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7136 @end deftypemethod
7137
7138 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7139 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7140 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7141 @end deftypemethod
7142
7143 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7144 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7145 Advance the @code{end} position.
7146 @end deftypemethod
7147
7148 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7149 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7150 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7151 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7152 @end deftypemethod
7153
7154 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7155 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7156 @end deftypemethod
7157
7158
7159 @node C++ Parser Interface
7160 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7161 @c - define parser_class_name
7162 @c - Ctor
7163 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7164 @c debug_stream.
7165 @c - Reporting errors
7166
7167 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7168 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7169 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7170 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7171 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7172 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7173 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7174 additional argument for its constructor.
7175
7176 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7177 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7178 The types for semantics value and locations.
7179 @end defcv
7180
7181 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7182 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7183 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7184 @end deftypemethod
7185
7186 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7187 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7188 @end deftypemethod
7189
7190 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7191 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7192 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7193 @code{std::cerr}.
7194 @end deftypemethod
7195
7196 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7197 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7198 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7199 or nonzero, full tracing.
7200 @end deftypemethod
7201
7202 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7203 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7204 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7205 described by @var{m}.
7206 @end deftypemethod
7207
7208
7209 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7210 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7211 @c - prefix for yylex.
7212 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7213 @c - %lex-param
7214
7215 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7216 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7217 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7218
7219 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7220 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7221 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7222 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7223 @end deftypemethod
7224
7225
7226 @node A Complete C++ Example
7227 @section A Complete C++ Example
7228
7229 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7230 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7231 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7232 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7233 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7234 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7235 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7236 actually easier to interface with.
7237
7238 @menu
7239 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7240 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7241 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7242 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7243 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7244 @end menu
7245
7246 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7247 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7248
7249 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7250 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7251 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7252 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7253 of valid input follows.
7254
7255 @example
7256 three := 3
7257 seven := one + two * three
7258 seven * seven
7259 @end example
7260
7261 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7262 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7263 @c - An env
7264 @c - A place to store error messages
7265 @c - A place for the result
7266
7267 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7268 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7269 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7270 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7271 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7272 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7273 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7274
7275 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7276 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7277 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7278 class.
7279
7280 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7281 @example
7282 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7283 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7284 # include <string>
7285 # include <map>
7286 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7287 @end example
7288
7289
7290 @noindent
7291 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7292 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7293 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7294 factor both as follows.
7295
7296 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7297 @example
7298 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7299 # define YY_DECL \
7300 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7301 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7302 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7303 calcxx_driver& driver)
7304 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7305 YY_DECL;
7306 @end example
7307
7308 @noindent
7309 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7310 members.
7311
7312 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7313 @example
7314 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7315 class calcxx_driver
7316 @{
7317 public:
7318 calcxx_driver ();
7319 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7320
7321 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7322
7323 int result;
7324 @end example
7325
7326 @noindent
7327 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7328 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7329 members.
7330
7331 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7332 @example
7333 // Handling the scanner.
7334 void scan_begin ();
7335 void scan_end ();
7336 bool trace_scanning;
7337 @end example
7338
7339 @noindent
7340 Similarly for the parser itself.
7341
7342 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7343 @example
7344 // Handling the parser.
7345 void parse (const std::string& f);
7346 std::string file;
7347 bool trace_parsing;
7348 @end example
7349
7350 @noindent
7351 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7352 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7353 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7354 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7355
7356 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7357 @example
7358 // Error handling.
7359 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7360 void error (const std::string& m);
7361 @};
7362 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7363 @end example
7364
7365 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7366 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7367 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7368 messages and set error state.
7369
7370 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7371 @example
7372 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7373 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7374
7375 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7376 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7377 @{
7378 variables["one"] = 1;
7379 variables["two"] = 2;
7380 @}
7381
7382 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7383 @{
7384 @}
7385
7386 void
7387 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7388 @{
7389 file = f;
7390 scan_begin ();
7391 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7392 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7393 parser.parse ();
7394 scan_end ();
7395 @}
7396
7397 void
7398 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7399 @{
7400 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7401 @}
7402
7403 void
7404 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7405 @{
7406 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7407 @}
7408 @end example
7409
7410 @node Calc++ Parser
7411 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7412
7413 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7414 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7415 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7416 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7417 the grammar for.
7418
7419 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7420 @example
7421 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7422 %require "2.1a"
7423 %defines
7424 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7425 @end example
7426
7427 @noindent
7428 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7429 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7430 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7431 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7432 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7433 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7434
7435 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7436 @example
7437 %@{
7438 # include <string>
7439 class calcxx_driver;
7440 %@}
7441 @end example
7442
7443 @noindent
7444 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7445 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7446 global variables.
7447
7448 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7449 @example
7450 // The parsing context.
7451 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7452 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7453 @end example
7454
7455 @noindent
7456 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7457 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7458 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7459 automatically propagated.
7460
7461 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7462 @example
7463 %locations
7464 %initial-action
7465 @{
7466 // Initialize the initial location.
7467 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7468 @};
7469 @end example
7470
7471 @noindent
7472 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7473 error messages.
7474
7475 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7476 @example
7477 %debug
7478 %error-verbose
7479 @end example
7480
7481 @noindent
7482 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7483 them.
7484
7485 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7486 @example
7487 // Symbols.
7488 %union
7489 @{
7490 int ival;
7491 std::string *sval;
7492 @};
7493 @end example
7494
7495 @noindent
7496 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7497 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7498 knowledge about the driver.
7499
7500 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7501 @example
7502 %@{
7503 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7504 %@}
7505 @end example
7506
7507
7508 @noindent
7509 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7510 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7511 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7512 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7513 avoid name clashes.
7514
7515 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7516 @example
7517 %token END 0 "end of file"
7518 %token ASSIGN ":="
7519 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7520 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7521 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7522 @end example
7523
7524 @noindent
7525 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7526 @code{%destructor}.
7527
7528 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7529 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7530 @example
7531 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7532 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7533
7534 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7535 @end example
7536
7537 @noindent
7538 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7539
7540 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7541 @example
7542 %%
7543 %start unit;
7544 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7545
7546 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7547 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7548
7549 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7550
7551 %left '+' '-';
7552 %left '*' '/';
7553 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7554 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7555 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7556 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7557 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7558 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7559 %%
7560 @end example
7561
7562 @noindent
7563 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7564 driver.
7565
7566 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7567 @example
7568 void
7569 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7570 const std::string& m)
7571 @{
7572 driver.error (l, m);
7573 @}
7574 @end example
7575
7576 @node Calc++ Scanner
7577 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7578
7579 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7580 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7581
7582 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7583 @example
7584 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7585 # include <cstdlib>
7586 # include <errno.h>
7587 # include <limits.h>
7588 # include <string>
7589 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7590 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7591
7592 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7593 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7594 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7595 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7596 # undef yywrap
7597 # define yywrap() 1
7598
7599 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7600 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7601 not of token_type. */
7602 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7603 %@}
7604 @end example
7605
7606 @noindent
7607 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7608 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7609 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7610 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7611
7612 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7613 @example
7614 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7615 @end example
7616
7617 @noindent
7618 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7619
7620 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7621 @example
7622 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7623 int [0-9]+
7624 blank [ \t]
7625 @end example
7626
7627 @noindent
7628 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7629 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7630 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7631 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7632 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7633 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7634 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7635
7636 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7637 @example
7638 %@{
7639 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7640 %@}
7641 %%
7642 %@{
7643 yylloc->step ();
7644 %@}
7645 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7646 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7647 @end example
7648
7649 @noindent
7650 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7651 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7652 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7653 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7654
7655 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7656 @example
7657 %@{
7658 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7659 %@}
7660 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7661 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7662 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7663 @{int@} @{
7664 errno = 0;
7665 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7666 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7667 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7668 yylval->ival = n;
7669 return token::NUMBER;
7670 @}
7671 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7672 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7673 %%
7674 @end example
7675
7676 @noindent
7677 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7678 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7679
7680 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7681 @example
7682 void
7683 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7684 @{
7685 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7686 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7687 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7688 @}
7689
7690 void
7691 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7692 @{
7693 fclose (yyin);
7694 @}
7695 @end example
7696
7697 @node Calc++ Top Level
7698 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7699
7700 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7701
7702 @comment file: calc++.cc
7703 @example
7704 #include <iostream>
7705 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7706
7707 int
7708 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7709 @{
7710 calcxx_driver driver;
7711 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7712 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7713 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7714 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7715 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7716 else
7717 @{
7718 driver.parse (*argv);
7719 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7720 @}
7721 @}
7722 @end example
7723
7724 @c ================================================= FAQ
7725
7726 @node FAQ
7727 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7728 @cindex frequently asked questions
7729 @cindex questions
7730
7731 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7732 are addressed.
7733
7734 @menu
7735 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7736 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7737 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7738 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7739 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7740 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7741 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7742 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7743 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7744 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7745 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7746 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7747 @end menu
7748
7749 @node Memory Exhausted
7750 @section Memory Exhausted
7751
7752 @display
7753 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7754 message. What can I do?
7755 @end display
7756
7757 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7758 ,Recursive Rules}.
7759
7760 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7761 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7762
7763 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7764 following typical questions:
7765
7766 @display
7767 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7768 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7769 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7770 @end display
7771
7772 @noindent
7773 or
7774
7775 @display
7776 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7777 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7778 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7779 @end display
7780
7781 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7782 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7783 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7784 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7785 @file{first-line.l}:
7786
7787 @verbatim
7788 %{
7789 #include <stdio.h>
7790 #include <stdlib.h>
7791 %}
7792 %%
7793 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7794 %%
7795 int
7796 yyparse (char const *file)
7797 {
7798 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7799 if (!yyin)
7800 exit (2);
7801 /* One token only. */
7802 yylex ();
7803 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7804 exit (3);
7805 return 0;
7806 }
7807
7808 int
7809 main (void)
7810 {
7811 yyparse ("input");
7812 yyparse ("input");
7813 return 0;
7814 }
7815 @end verbatim
7816
7817 @noindent
7818 If the file @file{input} contains
7819
7820 @verbatim
7821 input:1: Hello,
7822 input:2: World!
7823 @end verbatim
7824
7825 @noindent
7826 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7827
7828 @example
7829 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7830 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7831 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7832 input:1: Hello,
7833 input:2: World!
7834 @end example
7835
7836 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7837 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7838 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7839 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7840 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7841 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7842 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7843 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7844 input buffers.
7845
7846 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7847 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7848 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7849 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7850
7851 @node Strings are Destroyed
7852 @section Strings are Destroyed
7853
7854 @display
7855 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7856 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7857 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7858 @end display
7859
7860 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7861 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7862 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7863
7864 @verbatim
7865 %{
7866 #include <stdio.h>
7867 char *yylval = NULL;
7868 %}
7869 %%
7870 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7871 \n /* IGNORE */
7872 %%
7873 int
7874 main ()
7875 {
7876 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7877 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7878 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7879 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7880 return 0;
7881 }
7882 @end verbatim
7883
7884 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7885
7886 @example
7887 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7888 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7889 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7890 "one
7891 two", "two"
7892 @end example
7893
7894 @noindent
7895 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7896 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7897 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7898 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7899 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7900 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7901
7902 @example
7903 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7904 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7905 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7906 "two", "two"
7907 @end example
7908
7909
7910 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7911 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7912
7913 @display
7914 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7915 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7916 @end display
7917
7918 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7919 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7920 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7921 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7922 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7923 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7924 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7925
7926 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7927 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7928 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7929 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7930 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7931 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7932 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7933 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7934 compiler.
7935
7936 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7937 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7938
7939
7940 @node Multiple start-symbols
7941 @section Multiple start-symbols
7942
7943 @display
7944 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
7945 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
7946 multiple entry points.
7947 @end display
7948
7949 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
7950 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
7951 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
7952 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
7953 real start-symbol:
7954
7955 @example
7956 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
7957 %start start;
7958 start: START_FOO foo
7959 | START_BAR bar;
7960 @end example
7961
7962 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
7963 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
7964
7965 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
7966 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
7967 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
7968 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
7969 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
7970 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
7971 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
7972 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
7973
7974 @example
7975 /* @r{Prologue.} */
7976 %%
7977 %@{
7978 if (start_token)
7979 @{
7980 int t = start_token;
7981 start_token = 0;
7982 return t;
7983 @}
7984 %@}
7985 /* @r{The rules.} */
7986 @end example
7987
7988
7989 @node Secure? Conform?
7990 @section Secure? Conform?
7991
7992 @display
7993 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
7994 @end display
7995
7996 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
7997 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
7998 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
7999 please send us a bug report.
8000
8001 @node I can't build Bison
8002 @section I can't build Bison
8003
8004 @display
8005 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8006 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8007 What should I do?
8008 @end display
8009
8010 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8011 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8012 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8013 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8014 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8015 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8016 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8017
8018
8019 @node Where can I find help?
8020 @section Where can I find help?
8021
8022 @display
8023 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8024 @end display
8025
8026 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8027 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8028 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8029 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8030 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8031 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8032 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8033 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8034 hearts.
8035
8036 @node Bug Reports
8037 @section Bug Reports
8038
8039 @display
8040 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8041 @end display
8042
8043 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8044 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8045 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8046 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8047 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8048
8049 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8050 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8051 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8052 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8053 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8054
8055 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8056 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8057 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8058 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8059 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8060 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8061
8062 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8063 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8064
8065 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8066
8067 @node Other Languages
8068 @section Other Languages
8069
8070 @display
8071 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8072 favorite language here}?
8073 @end display
8074
8075 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8076 languages; contributions are welcome.
8077
8078 @node Beta Testing
8079 @section Beta Testing
8080
8081 @display
8082 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8083 @end display
8084
8085 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8086 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8087 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8088 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8089 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8090 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8091 essentially halted.
8092
8093 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8094 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8095 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8096 systems are especially welcome.
8097
8098 @node Mailing Lists
8099 @section Mailing Lists
8100
8101 @display
8102 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8103 @end display
8104
8105 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8106
8107 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8108
8109 @node Table of Symbols
8110 @appendix Bison Symbols
8111 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8112 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8113
8114 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8115 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8116 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8117 @end deffn
8118
8119 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8120 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8121 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8122 @end deffn
8123
8124 @deffn {Variable} $$
8125 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8126 @xref{Actions}.
8127 @end deffn
8128
8129 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8130 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8131 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8132 @end deffn
8133
8134 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8135 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8136 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8137 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8138 @end deffn
8139
8140 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8141 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8142 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8143 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8144 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8145 Grammar}.
8146 @end deffn
8147
8148 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8149 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8150 @end deffn
8151
8152 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8153 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8154 Grammar Rules}.
8155 @end deffn
8156
8157 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8158 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8159 @end deffn
8160
8161 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8162 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8163 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8164 @end deffn
8165
8166 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8167 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8168 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8169 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8170 @end deffn
8171
8172 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8173 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8174 @end deffn
8175
8176 @ifset defaultprec
8177 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8178 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8179 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8180 Precedence}.
8181 @end deffn
8182 @end ifset
8183
8184 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8185 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8186 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8187 @end deffn
8188
8189 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8190 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8191 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8192 @end deffn
8193
8194 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8195 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8196 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8197 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8198 @end deffn
8199
8200 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8201 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8202 used in the grammar.
8203 @end deffn
8204
8205 @deffn {Symbol} error
8206 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8207 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8208 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8209 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8210 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8211 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8212 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8213 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8214 @end deffn
8215
8216 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8217 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8218 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8219 @end deffn
8220
8221 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8222 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8223 Summary}.
8224 @end deffn
8225
8226 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8227 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8228 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8229 @end deffn
8230
8231 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8232 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8233 @end deffn
8234
8235 @deffn {Directive} %left
8236 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8237 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8238 @end deffn
8239
8240 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8241 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8242 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8243 for Pure Parsers}.
8244 @end deffn
8245
8246 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8247 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8248 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8249 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8250 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8251 @end deffn
8252
8253 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8254 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8255 @end deffn
8256
8257 @ifset defaultprec
8258 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8259 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8260 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8261 Precedence}.
8262 @end deffn
8263 @end ifset
8264
8265 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8266 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8267 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8268 @end deffn
8269
8270 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8271 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8272 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8273 @end deffn
8274
8275 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8276 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8277 Summary}.
8278 @end deffn
8279
8280 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8281 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8282 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8283 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8284 @end deffn
8285
8286 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8287 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8288 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8289 @end deffn
8290
8291 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8292 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8293 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8294 @end deffn
8295
8296 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8297 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8298 Require a Version of Bison}.
8299 @end deffn
8300
8301 @deffn {Directive} %right
8302 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8303 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8304 @end deffn
8305
8306 @deffn {Directive} %start
8307 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8308 Start-Symbol}.
8309 @end deffn
8310
8311 @deffn {Directive} %token
8312 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8313 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8314 @end deffn
8315
8316 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8317 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8318 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8319 @end deffn
8320
8321 @deffn {Directive} %type
8322 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8323 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8324 @end deffn
8325
8326 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8327 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8328 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8329 @code{error}.
8330 @end deffn
8331
8332 @deffn {Directive} %union
8333 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8334 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8335 @end deffn
8336
8337 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8338 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8339 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8340 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8341 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8342 @end deffn
8343
8344 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8345 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8346 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8347 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8348 @end deffn
8349
8350 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8351 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8352 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8353 @end deffn
8354
8355 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8356 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8357 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8358 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8359 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8360 @end deffn
8361
8362 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8363 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8364 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8365 @end deffn
8366
8367 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8368 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8369 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8370 @end deffn
8371
8372 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8373 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8374 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8375 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8376 @end deffn
8377
8378 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8379 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8380 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8381 @end deffn
8382
8383 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8384 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8385 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8386 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8387 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8388 @end deffn
8389
8390 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8391 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8392 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8393 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8394 @end deffn
8395
8396 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8397 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8398 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8399 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8400 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8401 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8402 @end deffn
8403
8404 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8405 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8406 @xref{Memory Management}.
8407 @end deffn
8408
8409 @deffn {Function} yylex
8410 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8411 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8412 @code{yylex}}.
8413 @end deffn
8414
8415 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8416 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8417 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8418 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8419 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8420 @end deffn
8421
8422 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8423 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8424 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8425 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8426 @code{yylex}.)
8427 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8428 grammar actions.
8429 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8430 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8431 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8432 @end deffn
8433
8434 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8435 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8436 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8437 @end deffn
8438
8439 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8440 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8441 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8442 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8443 @code{yylex}.)
8444 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8445 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8446 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8447 @end deffn
8448
8449 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8450 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8451 Management}.
8452 @end deffn
8453
8454 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8455 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8456 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8457 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8458 @end deffn
8459
8460 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8461 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8462 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8463 @end deffn
8464
8465 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8466 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8467 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8468 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8469 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8470 @end deffn
8471
8472 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8473 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8474 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8475 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8476 @end deffn
8477
8478 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8479 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8480 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8481 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8482 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8483 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8484 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8485
8486 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8487 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8488 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8489 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8490 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8491 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8492 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8493 @end deffn
8494
8495 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8496 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8497 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8498 @end deffn
8499
8500 @node Glossary
8501 @appendix Glossary
8502 @cindex glossary
8503
8504 @table @asis
8505 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8506 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8507 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8508 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8509 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8510
8511 @item Context-free grammars
8512 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8513 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8514 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8515 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8516 Grammars}.
8517
8518 @item Dynamic allocation
8519 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8520 compile time or on entry to a function.
8521
8522 @item Empty string
8523 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8524 character string of length zero.
8525
8526 @item Finite-state stack machine
8527 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8528 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8529 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8530 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8531 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8532 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8533
8534 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8535 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8536 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8537 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8538 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8539 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8540 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8541 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8542
8543 @item Grouping
8544 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8545 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8546 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8547
8548 @item Infix operator
8549 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8550 performs some operation.
8551
8552 @item Input stream
8553 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8554
8555 @item Language construct
8556 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8557 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8558 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8559
8560 @item Left associativity
8561 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8562 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8563 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8564
8565 @item Left recursion
8566 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8567 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8568 Rules}.
8569
8570 @item Left-to-right parsing
8571 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8572 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8573
8574 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8575 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8576 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8577
8578 @item Lexical tie-in
8579 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8580 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8581
8582 @item Literal string token
8583 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8584
8585 @item Lookahead token
8586 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
8587 Tokens}.
8588
8589 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8590 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8591 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8592 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8593
8594 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8595 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8596 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8597
8598 @item Nonterminal symbol
8599 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8600 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8601 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8602
8603 @item Parser
8604 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8605 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8606 analyzer.
8607
8608 @item Postfix operator
8609 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8610 performs some operation.
8611
8612 @item Reduction
8613 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8614 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8615 Parser Algorithm}.
8616
8617 @item Reentrant
8618 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8619 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8620 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8621
8622 @item Reverse polish notation
8623 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8624
8625 @item Right recursion
8626 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8627 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8628 Rules}.
8629
8630 @item Semantics
8631 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8632 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8633 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8634
8635 @item Shift
8636 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8637 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8638 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8639
8640 @item Single-character literal
8641 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8642 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8643
8644 @item Start symbol
8645 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8646 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8647 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8648 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8649
8650 @item Symbol table
8651 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8652 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8653 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8654
8655 @item Syntax error
8656 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8657 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8658
8659 @item Token
8660 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8661 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8662 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8663 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8664
8665 @item Terminal symbol
8666 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8667 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8668 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8669 @end table
8670
8671 @node Copying This Manual
8672 @appendix Copying This Manual
8673
8674 @menu
8675 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8676 @end menu
8677
8678 @include fdl.texi
8679
8680 @node Index
8681 @unnumbered Index
8682
8683 @printindex cp
8684
8685 @bye
8686
8687 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8688 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8689 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8690 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8691 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8692 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8693 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8694 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8695 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8696 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8697 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8698 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8699 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8700 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8701 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8702 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8703 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8704 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8705 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8706 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8707 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8708 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8709 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8710 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8711 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8712 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8713 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8714 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8715 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex